1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
117 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(rtx,gc);
119 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
120 must be kept around forever. */
121 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
123 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
124 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
125 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
127 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
129 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
130 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
131 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
132 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
133 define type declaration DIE's. */
134 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
136 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
137 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
138 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
139 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
140 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
141 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
142 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
143 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
144 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
145 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
147 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
148 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
149 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
152 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
153 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
154 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
156 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
157 Information instructions. The register number, offset
158 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
159 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
161 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
163 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
169 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
171 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
172 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
173 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
174 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
178 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
180 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
181 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
182 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
184 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
189 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
190 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
191 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
192 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
193 of this structure. */
194 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
196 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
197 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
199 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
202 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
203 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
204 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
205 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
206 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
208 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
211 const char *dw_fde_begin;
212 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
213 const char *dw_fde_end;
214 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
215 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
216 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
217 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
218 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
219 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
220 unsigned funcdef_number;
221 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
222 unsigned nothrow : 1;
223 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
227 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
228 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
230 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
231 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
232 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
233 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
235 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
236 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
239 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
240 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
241 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
244 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
245 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
248 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
249 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
250 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
253 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
254 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
256 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
260 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
262 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
263 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
264 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
266 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
267 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
268 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
269 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
271 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
275 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
276 information for each routine. */
277 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
279 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
280 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
282 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
283 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
285 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
287 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
289 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
290 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
292 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
293 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
294 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
295 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
296 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
297 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
300 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
303 unsigned int refcount;
308 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
310 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
311 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
313 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
315 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
317 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
318 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
319 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
320 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
321 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
322 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
323 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
324 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
325 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
326 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
327 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
328 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
329 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
330 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
331 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
332 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
334 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
335 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
336 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
337 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
338 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
340 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
342 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
343 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
344 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
347 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
348 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
349 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
351 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
352 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
355 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
356 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
359 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
360 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
363 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
364 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
366 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
367 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
368 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
369 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
370 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
371 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
372 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
373 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
374 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
375 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
377 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
378 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
380 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
382 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
384 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
388 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
389 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
390 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
391 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
394 /* Hook used by __throw. */
397 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
399 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
402 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
403 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
406 stripattributes (const char *s)
408 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
413 while (*s && *s != ',')
420 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
423 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
426 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
427 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
428 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
429 bool wrote_return_column = false;
431 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
432 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
434 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
435 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
438 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
439 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
440 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
442 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
444 wrote_return_column = true;
446 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
450 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
451 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
454 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
455 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
456 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
457 wrote_return_column = false;
459 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
462 if (! wrote_return_column)
464 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
465 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
466 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
467 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
471 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
474 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
478 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
479 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
481 return "DW_CFA_offset";
483 return "DW_CFA_restore";
487 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
488 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
489 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
490 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
491 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
492 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
493 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
494 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
495 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
496 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
497 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
498 case DW_CFA_undefined:
499 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
500 case DW_CFA_same_value:
501 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
502 case DW_CFA_register:
503 return "DW_CFA_register";
504 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
505 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
506 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
507 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
509 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
510 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
511 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
512 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
513 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
516 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
517 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
518 case DW_CFA_expression:
519 return "DW_CFA_expression";
520 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
521 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
522 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
523 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
524 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
525 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
527 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
528 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
529 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
532 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
533 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
534 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
535 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
536 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
537 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
540 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
544 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
546 static inline dw_cfi_ref
549 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
551 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
552 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
553 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
558 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
561 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
565 /* Find the end of the chain. */
566 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
572 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
575 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
577 static char label[20];
579 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
580 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
584 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
585 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
588 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
592 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
595 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
597 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
598 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
602 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
604 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
606 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
607 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
608 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
611 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
615 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
618 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
621 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
623 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
625 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
626 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
628 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
630 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
632 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
633 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
636 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
637 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
639 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
640 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
642 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
644 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
645 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
652 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
655 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
659 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
662 loc->base_offset = 0;
664 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
665 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
667 if (fde_table_in_use)
669 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
670 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
671 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
675 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
676 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
678 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
680 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
682 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
683 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
685 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
686 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
688 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
689 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
690 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
693 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
700 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
703 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
706 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
708 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
709 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
710 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
711 && (loc1->indirect == 0
712 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
715 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
716 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
719 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
722 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
727 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
728 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
730 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
731 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
733 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
734 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
739 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
741 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
742 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
745 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
746 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
748 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
749 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
753 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
754 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
758 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
759 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
760 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
763 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
764 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
765 offset has not changed. */
766 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
767 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
771 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
773 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
774 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
775 the specified offset. */
778 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
779 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
781 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
783 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
787 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
788 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
794 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
795 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
796 register-offset pair is available. */
797 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
799 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
800 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
801 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
804 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
807 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
808 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
809 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
810 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
813 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
817 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
819 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
822 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
824 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
826 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
828 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
830 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
831 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
832 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
834 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
836 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
839 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
843 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
845 else if (sreg == reg)
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
849 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
850 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
853 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
856 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
857 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
858 from the previous frame's window save area.
860 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
861 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
864 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
866 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
868 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
869 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
872 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
873 pushed onto the stack. */
876 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
880 if (size == old_args_size)
883 old_args_size = size;
886 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
887 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
888 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
891 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
892 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
895 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
897 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
900 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
901 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
904 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
906 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
909 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
910 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
913 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
915 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
918 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
919 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
922 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
924 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
925 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
927 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
930 /* RA is in a register. */
931 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
935 /* RA is on the stack. */
937 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
940 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
945 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
946 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
950 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
951 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
972 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
973 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
982 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
983 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
987 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code = GET_CODE (src);
991 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
992 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
996 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1000 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1004 code = GET_CODE (src);
1010 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1012 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1015 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1016 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1023 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1032 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1034 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1067 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1068 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1069 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1071 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1073 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1074 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1076 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1077 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1078 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1079 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1080 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1085 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1087 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1088 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1091 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1093 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1094 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1095 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1096 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1097 offset = -args_size;
1102 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1103 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1104 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1105 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1107 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1109 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1110 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1111 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1119 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1120 cfa.offset += offset;
1122 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1126 args_size += offset;
1130 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1131 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1132 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1133 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1138 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1139 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1140 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1142 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1144 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1146 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1150 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1152 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1153 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1158 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1159 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1160 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1161 more efficient data structure. */
1162 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1163 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1165 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1166 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1168 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1169 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1172 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1176 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1177 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1179 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1180 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1185 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1186 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1187 queued_reg_saves = q;
1191 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1192 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1194 last_reg_save_label = label;
1197 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1200 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1202 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1204 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1207 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1209 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1210 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1212 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1214 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1215 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1217 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1219 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1220 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1223 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1225 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1227 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1228 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1231 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1232 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1235 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1236 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1237 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1238 have a new location for? */
1241 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1243 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1245 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1248 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1250 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1251 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1252 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1259 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1262 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1265 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1267 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1268 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1270 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1272 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1273 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1275 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1276 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1278 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1279 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1280 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1283 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1286 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1288 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1290 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1292 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1293 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1296 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1297 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1298 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1299 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1305 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1306 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1307 value, not an offset. */
1308 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1310 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1311 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1312 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1313 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1315 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1316 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1317 users need not read the source code.
1319 The High-Level Picture
1321 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1322 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1323 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1324 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1325 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1327 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1328 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1329 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1330 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1331 saves. This also seems to work.
1333 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1334 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1335 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1336 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1337 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1338 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1339 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1340 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1341 value as in the caller.
1343 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1344 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1345 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1346 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1348 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1351 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1353 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1354 consists of a register and an offset.
1355 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1356 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1357 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1358 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1359 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1360 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1361 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1363 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1364 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1365 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1368 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1369 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1370 and cfa_temp.offset.
1372 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1375 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1376 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1377 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1381 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1382 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1385 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1386 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1387 cfa.offset unchanged
1388 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1389 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1392 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1393 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1394 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1395 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1396 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1397 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1400 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1401 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1402 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1405 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1406 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1408 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1409 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1410 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1413 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1414 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1416 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1417 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1420 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1421 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1422 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1425 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1426 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1427 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1430 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1434 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1435 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1436 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1439 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1440 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1441 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1443 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1446 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1447 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1448 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1450 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1453 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1456 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1457 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1460 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1461 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1462 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1465 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1466 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1467 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1468 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1471 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1472 Â effects: target-dependent */
1475 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1478 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1480 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1481 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1482 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1483 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1484 flag is set in them. */
1485 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1488 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1490 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1491 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1492 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1494 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1499 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1501 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1502 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1506 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1511 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1514 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1516 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1518 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1521 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1522 relative to the current CFA register.
1524 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1525 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1526 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1527 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1528 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1529 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1530 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1534 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1535 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1536 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1537 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1538 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1539 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1546 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1550 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1553 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1556 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1558 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1564 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1566 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1567 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1568 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1570 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1571 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1574 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1576 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1578 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1579 cfa.offset += offset;
1580 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1581 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1583 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1586 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1587 or adjusting the FP */
1588 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1590 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1591 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1592 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1593 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1594 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1596 cfa.offset += offset;
1597 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1601 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1604 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1605 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1606 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1608 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1609 into the FP later on. */
1610 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1611 cfa.offset += offset;
1612 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1613 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1614 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1615 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1619 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1620 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1621 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1623 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1624 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1625 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1626 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1627 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1631 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1632 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1634 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1635 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1644 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1645 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1650 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1651 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1652 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1654 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1655 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1656 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1659 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1660 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1667 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1668 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1669 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1676 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1680 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1682 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1684 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1689 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1690 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1692 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1694 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1695 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1697 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1698 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1699 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1701 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1707 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1708 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1711 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1712 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1714 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1715 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1716 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1718 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1722 /* With an offset. */
1729 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1730 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1731 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1732 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1735 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1737 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1738 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1741 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1742 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1748 /* Without an offset. */
1751 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1753 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1754 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1757 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1758 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1765 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1766 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1767 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1768 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1775 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1776 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1777 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1779 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1781 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1783 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1784 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1786 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1787 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1792 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1793 calculate the CFA. */
1794 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1798 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1800 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1801 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1803 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1808 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1809 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1817 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1818 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1819 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1821 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1822 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1825 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1830 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1834 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1835 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1837 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1840 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1842 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1845 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1847 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1849 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1850 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1852 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1856 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1857 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1859 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1861 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1862 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1866 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1867 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1869 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1871 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1873 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1878 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1879 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1880 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1883 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1888 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1889 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1891 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1892 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1893 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1894 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1895 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1896 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1899 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1900 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1901 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1902 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1903 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1904 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1905 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1906 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1907 case DW_CFA_register:
1908 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1910 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1911 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1913 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1915 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1916 case DW_CFA_expression:
1917 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1924 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1925 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1926 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1928 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1929 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1936 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1937 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1938 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1940 case DW_CFA_register:
1941 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1948 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1950 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1951 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1955 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1959 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1960 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
1964 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
1970 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
1972 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
1974 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
1976 flags = ((! flag_pic
1977 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
1978 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
1979 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
1980 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
1981 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
1982 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
1983 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
1986 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
1987 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
1991 if (eh_frame_section)
1992 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
1995 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
1996 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
1997 switch_to_section (data_section);
1998 label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1999 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2000 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2001 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2002 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2006 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
2007 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
2008 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
2009 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
2010 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
2013 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2016 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2019 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2020 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2021 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2022 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2023 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2024 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2026 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2027 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2028 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2029 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2031 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2033 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2034 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2035 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2040 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2042 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2044 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2046 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2047 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2048 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2051 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2052 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2055 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2056 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2057 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2058 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2061 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2062 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2063 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2064 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2067 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2068 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2069 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2070 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2073 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2074 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2075 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2076 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2079 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2080 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2081 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2082 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2083 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2086 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2087 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2088 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2089 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2090 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2093 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2094 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2095 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2096 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2097 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2098 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2101 case DW_CFA_register:
2102 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2103 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2104 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2108 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2109 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2110 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2113 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2114 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2117 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2120 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2121 case DW_CFA_expression:
2122 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2125 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2126 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2135 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2136 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2137 location of saved registers. */
2140 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2145 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2146 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2147 char augmentation[6];
2148 int augmentation_size;
2149 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2150 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2151 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2154 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2155 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2158 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2159 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2160 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2161 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2162 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2163 specialization doesn't. */
2164 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2165 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2167 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2168 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2169 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2170 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2171 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2172 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2174 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2175 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2176 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2177 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2180 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2182 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2183 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2184 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2185 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2186 any_eh_needed = true;
2187 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2188 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2189 any_eh_needed = true;
2191 if (! any_eh_needed)
2195 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2200 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2202 switch_to_section (get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
2204 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2205 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2207 /* Output the CIE. */
2208 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2209 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2210 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2211 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2212 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2214 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2215 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2216 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2217 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2218 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2220 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2222 augmentation[0] = 0;
2223 augmentation_size = 0;
2229 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2230 augmentation section.
2231 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2232 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2233 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2235 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2236 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2238 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2239 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2240 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2242 p = augmentation + 1;
2243 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2246 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2248 if (any_lsda_needed)
2251 augmentation_size += 1;
2253 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2256 augmentation_size += 1;
2258 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2260 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2264 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2265 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2267 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2269 + 1 /* CIE version */
2270 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2271 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2272 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2274 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2275 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2276 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2278 augmentation_size += pad;
2280 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2281 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2282 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2286 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2287 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2288 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2289 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2291 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2292 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2293 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2295 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2297 if (augmentation[0])
2299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2300 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2302 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2303 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2304 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2305 eh_personality_libfunc,
2309 if (any_lsda_needed)
2310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2311 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2313 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2314 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2315 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2318 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2319 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2321 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2322 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2323 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2324 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2326 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2327 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2329 fde = &fde_table[i];
2331 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2332 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2333 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2334 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2335 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2338 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2339 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2340 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2341 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2342 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2344 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2347 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2349 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2354 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2355 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2356 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2359 "FDE initial location");
2360 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2362 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2363 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2364 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2365 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2366 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2367 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2368 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2369 "FDE initial location");
2370 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2371 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2372 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2373 "FDE address range");
2374 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2375 "FDE initial location");
2376 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2377 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2378 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2379 "FDE address range");
2382 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2383 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2384 "FDE address range");
2388 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2389 "FDE initial location");
2390 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2392 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2393 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2394 "FDE initial location");
2395 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2396 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2397 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2398 "FDE address range");
2399 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2400 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2401 "FDE initial location");
2402 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2403 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2404 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2405 "FDE address range");
2408 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2409 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2410 "FDE address range");
2413 if (augmentation[0])
2415 if (any_lsda_needed)
2417 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2419 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2421 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2422 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2423 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2424 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2425 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2428 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2431 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2433 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2435 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2436 fde->funcdef_number);
2437 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2438 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2439 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2443 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2444 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2446 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2447 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2451 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2454 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2456 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2457 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2458 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2460 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2461 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2462 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2463 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2466 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2467 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2468 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2469 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2470 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2471 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2474 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2479 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2483 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2484 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2486 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2490 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2492 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2493 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2494 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2496 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2497 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2500 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2504 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2505 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2506 current_function_funcdef_no);
2507 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2508 current_function_funcdef_no);
2509 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2510 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2512 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2513 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2514 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2518 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2519 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2521 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2522 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2523 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2524 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2525 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2528 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2529 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2531 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2532 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2533 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2534 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2535 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2536 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2537 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2538 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2539 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2540 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2541 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2542 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2543 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2544 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2545 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2546 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2548 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2550 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2551 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2552 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2554 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2558 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2559 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2563 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2564 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2567 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2569 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2571 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2572 current_function_funcdef_no);
2573 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2574 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2575 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2579 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2581 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2582 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2583 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2584 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2586 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2587 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2589 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2590 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2591 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2592 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2597 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2599 /* Output call frame information. */
2600 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2601 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2602 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2603 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2606 output_call_frame_info (0);
2608 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2609 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2610 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2611 output_call_frame_info (1);
2616 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2617 for emitting location expressions. */
2619 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2620 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2621 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2624 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2625 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2626 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2627 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2629 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2630 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2631 implementation are listed below. */
2636 dw_val_class_offset,
2638 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2639 dw_val_class_range_list,
2641 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2642 dw_val_class_long_long,
2645 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2646 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2647 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2648 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2652 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2653 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2655 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2662 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2664 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2666 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2672 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2673 represented internally. */
2675 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2677 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2678 union dw_val_struct_union
2680 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2681 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2682 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2683 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2684 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2685 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2686 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2687 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2688 struct dw_val_die_union
2692 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2693 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2694 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2695 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2696 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2698 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2702 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2705 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2707 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2708 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2709 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2710 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2715 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2716 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2717 their entire life. */
2718 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2720 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2721 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2722 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2723 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2724 Only on head of list */
2725 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2726 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2729 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2731 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2732 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2733 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2734 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2735 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2736 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2737 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2738 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2740 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2743 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2748 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2749 return "DW_OP_addr";
2751 return "DW_OP_deref";
2753 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2755 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2757 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2759 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2761 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2763 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2765 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2767 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2769 return "DW_OP_constu";
2771 return "DW_OP_consts";
2775 return "DW_OP_drop";
2777 return "DW_OP_over";
2779 return "DW_OP_pick";
2781 return "DW_OP_swap";
2785 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2793 return "DW_OP_minus";
2805 return "DW_OP_plus";
2806 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2807 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2813 return "DW_OP_shra";
2831 return "DW_OP_skip";
2833 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2835 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2837 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2839 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2841 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2843 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2845 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2847 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2849 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2851 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2853 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2855 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2857 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2859 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2861 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2863 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2865 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2867 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2869 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2871 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2873 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2875 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2877 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2879 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2881 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2883 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2885 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2887 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2889 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2891 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2893 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2895 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2897 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2899 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2901 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2903 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2905 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2907 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2909 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2911 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2913 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2915 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2917 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2919 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2921 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2923 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2925 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2927 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2929 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2931 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2933 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2935 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2937 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2939 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2941 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2943 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2945 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2947 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2949 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2951 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2953 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2955 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2957 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2959 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2961 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2963 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2965 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2967 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2969 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2971 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2973 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2975 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2977 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2979 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2981 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2983 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2985 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2987 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2989 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2991 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2993 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2995 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2997 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2999 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3001 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3003 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3005 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3007 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3009 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3011 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3013 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3015 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3017 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3019 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3021 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3023 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3025 return "DW_OP_regx";
3027 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3029 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3031 return "DW_OP_piece";
3032 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3033 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3034 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3035 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3038 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3039 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3041 return "DW_OP_call2";
3043 return "DW_OP_call4";
3044 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3045 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3046 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3047 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3049 return "OP_<unknown>";
3053 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3054 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3055 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3057 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3058 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3059 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3061 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3063 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3064 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3065 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3066 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3067 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3072 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3075 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3077 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3079 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3080 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3086 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3088 static unsigned long
3089 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3091 unsigned long size = 1;
3093 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3096 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3097 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3116 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3119 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3124 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3125 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3163 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3166 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3169 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3172 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3173 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3176 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3178 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3179 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3188 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3189 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3198 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3200 static unsigned long
3201 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3205 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3207 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3208 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3214 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3217 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3219 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3220 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3222 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3224 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3226 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3230 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3234 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3238 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3239 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3246 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3247 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3249 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3262 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3263 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3264 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3265 only doing unwinding. */
3270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3273 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3276 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3279 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3281 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3316 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3319 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3322 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3325 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3326 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3331 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3332 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3333 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3336 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3337 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3339 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3342 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3349 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3354 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3357 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3359 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3361 /* Output the opcode. */
3362 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3363 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3365 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3366 output_loc_operands (loc);
3370 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3371 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3374 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3376 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3379 /* Output the size of the block. */
3380 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3381 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3382 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3384 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3385 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3388 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3389 a dw_cfa_location. */
3391 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3392 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3394 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3398 if (cfa->base_offset)
3401 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3403 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3405 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3406 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3408 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3410 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3411 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3412 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3413 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3415 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3416 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3421 if (cfa->offset == 0)
3423 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3425 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3426 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3427 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->offset, 0);
3429 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->offset);
3435 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3436 descriptor sequence. */
3439 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3441 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3443 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3447 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3449 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3485 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3488 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3522 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3523 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3526 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3527 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3532 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3533 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3536 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3537 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3541 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3543 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3544 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3546 /* .debug_str support. */
3547 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3549 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3550 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3551 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3552 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3553 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3554 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3555 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3556 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3557 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3558 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3559 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3560 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3561 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3562 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3563 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3564 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3566 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3568 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3574 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3575 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3576 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3577 dwarf2out_end_block,
3578 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3579 dwarf2out_source_line,
3580 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3581 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3582 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3583 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3584 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3585 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3586 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3587 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3588 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3589 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3590 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3591 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3592 something tries to reference them. */
3593 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3594 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3595 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3596 dwarf2out_var_location,
3597 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3598 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3602 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3603 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3604 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3606 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3607 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3608 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3609 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3611 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3612 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3614 typedef long int dw_offset;
3616 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3618 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3619 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3620 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3621 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3622 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3624 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3625 line number associated with the label generated for that
3626 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3627 the line number entry. */
3629 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3631 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3632 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3636 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3638 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3640 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3641 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3642 unsigned long function;
3644 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3646 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3647 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3648 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3650 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3652 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3653 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3654 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3658 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3660 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3662 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3664 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3665 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3666 dw_die_ref die_child;
3668 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3669 dw_offset die_offset;
3670 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3672 unsigned int decl_id;
3676 /* The pubname structure */
3678 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3685 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3690 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3691 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3695 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3699 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3700 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3701 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3704 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3705 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3707 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3708 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3709 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3710 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3711 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3712 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3714 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3715 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3716 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3717 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3718 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3719 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3720 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3721 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3722 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3723 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3725 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3726 language, and compiler version. */
3728 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3729 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3730 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3732 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3733 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3735 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3736 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3737 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3738 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3739 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3741 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3742 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3743 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3744 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3745 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3746 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3748 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3749 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3750 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3751 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3753 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3757 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3758 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3759 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3761 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3762 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3764 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3765 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3767 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3768 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3769 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3770 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3771 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3773 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3774 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3775 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3776 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3779 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3780 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3782 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3783 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3785 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3786 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3787 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3788 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3790 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3791 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3792 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3794 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3795 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3797 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3798 const char * GTY (()) label;
3799 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3800 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3803 /* Variable location list. */
3804 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3806 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3808 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3809 it is marked through the chain. */
3810 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3812 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3813 unsigned int decl_id;
3815 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3818 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3819 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3821 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3822 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3823 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3824 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3825 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3827 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3828 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3830 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3831 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3833 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3834 abbrev_die_table. */
3835 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3837 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3838 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3839 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3840 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3842 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3843 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3845 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3846 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3848 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3849 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3851 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3852 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3853 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3854 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3856 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3857 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3859 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3860 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3862 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3864 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3866 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3867 accessible names. */
3868 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3870 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3871 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3873 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3874 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3876 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3878 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3880 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3881 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3883 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3884 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3886 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3887 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3889 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3891 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3893 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3894 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3896 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3897 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3899 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3900 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3902 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3904 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3906 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3907 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3909 /* Unique label counter. */
3910 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3912 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3913 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3914 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3916 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3917 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3920 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3921 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3923 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3924 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3926 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3928 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the CFA,
3929 within the current function. */
3930 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
3932 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3934 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3935 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3936 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3937 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3938 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3939 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3940 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3941 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3942 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3943 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3944 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3945 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3946 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3947 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3948 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3949 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3950 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3951 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3953 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3954 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3955 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3956 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3957 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3958 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3959 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3960 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3961 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3962 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3963 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3964 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3965 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3966 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3967 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3968 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3970 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3971 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3972 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3973 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3974 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3975 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3976 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3977 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3979 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3980 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3981 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3982 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3983 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3984 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3985 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3986 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3987 static bool is_c_family (void);
3988 static bool is_cxx (void);
3989 static bool is_java (void);
3990 static bool is_fortran (void);
3991 static bool is_ada (void);
3992 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3993 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3994 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3995 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3996 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3997 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3998 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3999 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4000 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4001 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4002 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4003 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4004 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4005 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4006 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4007 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4008 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4009 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4010 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4011 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
4012 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4013 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4014 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4015 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4016 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4017 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4018 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4019 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4020 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4021 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4022 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4023 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4024 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4025 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4026 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4027 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4028 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4029 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4030 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4031 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4032 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4033 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4034 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4035 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4036 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4037 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4038 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4039 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4040 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4041 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4042 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4043 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4044 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4045 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4046 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4047 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4048 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4049 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4050 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4051 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4052 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4053 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4054 static void output_pubnames (void);
4055 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4056 static void output_aranges (void);
4057 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4058 static void output_ranges (void);
4059 static void output_line_info (void);
4060 static void output_file_names (void);
4061 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4062 static tree root_type (tree);
4063 static int is_base_type (tree);
4064 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4065 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4066 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4067 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4068 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4069 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4070 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4071 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4072 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4073 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4074 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4075 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4076 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4077 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4078 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4079 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4080 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4081 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4082 static tree field_type (tree);
4083 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4084 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4085 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4086 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4087 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4089 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4090 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4091 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4092 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4093 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4094 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4095 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4096 enum dwarf_attribute);
4097 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4098 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4099 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4100 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4101 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4102 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4103 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4104 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4105 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4106 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4107 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4108 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4109 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4110 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4111 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4112 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4113 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4114 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4115 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4116 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4117 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4118 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4120 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4122 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4124 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4126 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4127 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4128 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4129 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4130 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4131 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4132 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4133 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4134 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4135 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4136 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4137 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4138 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4139 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4140 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4141 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4142 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4143 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4144 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4145 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4146 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4147 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4148 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4149 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4150 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4151 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4152 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4153 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4154 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4155 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4156 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4157 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4158 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4159 static void init_file_table (void);
4160 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4161 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4162 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4163 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4164 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4165 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4166 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4167 const char *, const char *,
4169 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4170 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4172 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4173 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4174 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4175 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4176 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4177 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4178 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4180 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4181 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4182 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4184 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4185 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4187 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4188 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4190 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4191 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4193 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4194 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4196 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4197 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4199 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4200 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4202 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4203 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4205 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4206 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4209 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4210 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4211 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4214 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4215 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4216 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4217 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4220 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4221 the section names themselves. */
4223 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4224 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4226 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4227 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4229 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4230 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4232 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4233 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4235 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4236 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4238 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4239 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4241 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4242 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4244 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4245 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4248 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4249 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4250 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4251 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4252 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4254 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4255 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4256 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4257 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4258 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4259 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4260 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4261 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4262 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4263 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4265 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4266 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4268 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4269 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4271 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4272 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4274 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4275 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4277 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4278 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4280 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4281 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4284 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4285 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4287 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4290 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4292 demangle_name_func = func;
4295 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4298 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4300 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4301 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4302 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4305 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4309 type_main_variant (tree type)
4311 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4313 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4314 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4315 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4316 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4318 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4319 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4320 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4325 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4328 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4330 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4332 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4333 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4336 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4339 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4343 case DW_TAG_padding:
4344 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4345 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4346 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4347 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4348 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4349 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4350 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4351 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4352 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4353 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4354 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4355 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4356 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4358 return "DW_TAG_label";
4359 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4360 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4362 return "DW_TAG_member";
4363 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4364 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4365 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4366 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4367 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4368 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4369 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4370 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4371 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4372 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4373 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4374 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4375 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4376 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4377 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4378 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4379 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4380 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4381 case DW_TAG_variant:
4382 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4383 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4384 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4385 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4386 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4387 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4388 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4389 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4390 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4392 return "DW_TAG_module";
4393 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4394 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4395 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4396 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4397 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4398 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4399 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4400 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4401 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4402 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4403 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4404 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4405 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4406 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4407 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4408 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4409 case DW_TAG_constant:
4410 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4411 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4412 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4413 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4414 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4416 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4417 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4418 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4419 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4420 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4421 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4422 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4423 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4424 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4425 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4426 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4427 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4428 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4429 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4430 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4431 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4432 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4433 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4434 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4435 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4436 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4437 case DW_TAG_variable:
4438 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4439 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4440 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4441 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4442 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4443 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4444 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4445 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4446 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4447 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4448 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4449 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4450 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4451 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4452 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4453 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4454 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4456 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4460 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4463 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4468 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4469 case DW_AT_location:
4470 return "DW_AT_location";
4472 return "DW_AT_name";
4473 case DW_AT_ordering:
4474 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4475 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4476 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4477 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4478 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4479 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4480 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4481 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4482 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4483 case DW_AT_element_list:
4484 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4485 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4486 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4488 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4490 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4491 case DW_AT_language:
4492 return "DW_AT_language";
4494 return "DW_AT_member";
4496 return "DW_AT_discr";
4497 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4498 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4499 case DW_AT_visibility:
4500 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4502 return "DW_AT_import";
4503 case DW_AT_string_length:
4504 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4505 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4506 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4507 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4508 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4509 case DW_AT_const_value:
4510 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4511 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4512 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4513 case DW_AT_default_value:
4514 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4516 return "DW_AT_inline";
4517 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4518 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4519 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4520 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4521 case DW_AT_producer:
4522 return "DW_AT_producer";
4523 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4524 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4525 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4526 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4527 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4528 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4529 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4530 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4531 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4532 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4533 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4534 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4535 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4536 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4537 case DW_AT_address_class:
4538 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4539 case DW_AT_artificial:
4540 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4541 case DW_AT_base_types:
4542 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4543 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4544 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4546 return "DW_AT_count";
4547 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4548 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4549 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4550 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4551 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4552 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4553 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4554 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4555 case DW_AT_declaration:
4556 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4557 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4558 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4559 case DW_AT_encoding:
4560 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4561 case DW_AT_external:
4562 return "DW_AT_external";
4563 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4564 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4566 return "DW_AT_friend";
4567 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4568 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4569 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4570 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4571 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4572 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4573 case DW_AT_priority:
4574 return "DW_AT_priority";
4576 return "DW_AT_segment";
4577 case DW_AT_specification:
4578 return "DW_AT_specification";
4579 case DW_AT_static_link:
4580 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4582 return "DW_AT_type";
4583 case DW_AT_use_location:
4584 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4585 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4586 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4587 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4588 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4589 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4590 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4592 case DW_AT_allocated:
4593 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4594 case DW_AT_associated:
4595 return "DW_AT_associated";
4596 case DW_AT_data_location:
4597 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4599 return "DW_AT_stride";
4600 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4601 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4602 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4603 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4604 case DW_AT_extension:
4605 return "DW_AT_extension";
4607 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4608 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4609 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4610 case DW_AT_call_column:
4611 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4612 case DW_AT_call_file:
4613 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4614 case DW_AT_call_line:
4615 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4617 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4618 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4619 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4620 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4621 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4622 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4623 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4624 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4625 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4626 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4627 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4628 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4629 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4630 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4631 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4632 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4633 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4634 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4635 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4636 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4637 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4638 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4640 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4641 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4642 case DW_AT_src_info:
4643 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4644 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4645 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4646 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4647 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4648 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4649 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4650 case DW_AT_body_end:
4651 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4652 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4653 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4655 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4656 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4659 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4663 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4666 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4671 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4672 case DW_FORM_block2:
4673 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4674 case DW_FORM_block4:
4675 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4677 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4679 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4681 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4682 case DW_FORM_string:
4683 return "DW_FORM_string";
4685 return "DW_FORM_block";
4686 case DW_FORM_block1:
4687 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4689 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4691 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4693 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4695 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4697 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4698 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4699 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4701 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4703 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4705 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4707 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4708 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4709 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4710 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4711 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4713 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4717 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4718 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4719 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4720 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4724 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4726 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4729 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4730 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4731 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4732 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4735 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4736 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4737 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4739 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4742 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4743 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4744 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4745 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4749 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4751 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4753 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4754 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4755 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4756 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4759 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4764 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4768 ret_val = lookahead;
4769 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4770 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4772 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4774 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4775 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4776 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4777 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4778 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4779 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4780 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4781 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4787 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4788 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4792 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4794 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4796 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4797 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4799 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4800 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4802 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4803 context = NULL_TREE;
4808 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4809 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4812 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4814 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4816 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4817 die->die_attr = attr;
4821 static inline enum dw_val_class
4822 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4824 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4827 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4830 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4832 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4834 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4835 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4836 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4837 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4838 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4841 static inline unsigned
4842 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4844 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4845 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4848 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4851 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4853 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4855 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4856 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4857 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4858 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4859 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4862 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4863 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4865 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4866 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4869 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4872 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4873 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4875 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4877 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4878 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4879 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4880 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4881 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4884 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4885 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4887 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4888 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4891 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4894 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4895 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4897 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4899 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4900 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4901 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4902 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4903 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4904 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4907 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4910 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4911 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4913 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4915 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4916 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4917 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4918 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4919 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4920 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4921 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4924 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4927 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4929 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4933 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4935 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4936 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4939 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4942 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4944 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4945 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4948 if (! debug_str_hash)
4949 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4950 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4952 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4953 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4955 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4956 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4957 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4960 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4961 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4962 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4963 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4964 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4967 static inline const char *
4968 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4970 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4971 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4974 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4975 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4978 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4980 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4984 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4986 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4990 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4992 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4993 always better to put it inline. */
4994 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4995 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4997 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4998 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5000 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5001 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5002 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5004 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5005 ++dw2_string_counter;
5006 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5008 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5011 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5014 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5016 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5018 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5019 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5020 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5021 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5022 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5023 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5026 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5027 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5030 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5032 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5033 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5034 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5037 static inline dw_die_ref
5038 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5040 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5041 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5045 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5047 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5048 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5054 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5056 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5057 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5060 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5063 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5065 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5067 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5068 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5069 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5070 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5071 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5074 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5077 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5079 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5081 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5082 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5083 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5084 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5085 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5088 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5089 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5091 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5092 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5096 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5098 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5100 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5101 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5102 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5103 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5104 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5105 have_location_lists = true;
5108 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5109 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5111 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5112 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5115 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5118 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5120 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5122 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5123 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5124 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5125 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5126 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5130 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5132 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5133 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5136 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5139 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5141 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5143 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5144 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5145 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5146 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5147 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5150 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5153 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5155 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5157 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5158 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5159 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5160 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5161 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5164 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5167 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5168 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5170 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5172 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5173 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5174 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5175 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5176 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5179 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5182 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5183 long unsigned int offset)
5185 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5187 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5188 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5189 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5190 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5191 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5194 static inline const char *
5195 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5197 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5198 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5199 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5202 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5205 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5208 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5212 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5213 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5215 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5216 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5220 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5226 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5227 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5228 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5230 static inline const char *
5231 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5233 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5235 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5238 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5239 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5240 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5242 static inline const char *
5243 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5245 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5247 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5250 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5251 NULL if it is not present. */
5253 static inline const char *
5254 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5256 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5258 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5261 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5262 if it is not present. */
5265 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5267 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5269 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5272 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5273 if it is not present. */
5275 static inline unsigned
5276 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5278 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5280 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5283 static inline dw_die_ref
5284 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5286 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5288 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5291 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5296 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5298 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5299 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5302 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5307 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5308 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5311 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5316 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5318 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5319 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5320 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5323 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5328 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5330 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5333 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5338 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5340 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5343 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5345 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5347 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5349 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5350 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5351 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5354 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5357 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5360 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5364 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5365 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5368 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5377 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5380 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5382 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5383 current = die->die_child;
5385 while (current != NULL)
5387 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5389 next = current->die_sib;
5391 die->die_child = next;
5393 prev->die_sib = next;
5400 current = current->die_sib;
5405 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5408 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5410 remove_children (die);
5413 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5416 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5418 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5420 die->die_child = NULL;
5422 while (child_die != NULL)
5424 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5427 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5429 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5431 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5433 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5441 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5442 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5445 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5447 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5449 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5451 child_die->die_parent = die;
5452 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5453 die->die_child = child_die;
5457 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5458 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5461 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5465 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5466 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5467 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5469 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5475 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5476 || (child->die_parent
5477 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5479 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5482 *p = child->die_sib;
5486 child->die_parent = parent;
5487 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5488 parent->die_child = child;
5491 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5493 static inline dw_die_ref
5494 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5496 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5498 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5500 if (parent_die != NULL)
5501 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5504 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5506 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5507 limbo_node->die = die;
5508 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5509 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5510 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5516 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5518 static inline dw_die_ref
5519 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5521 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5524 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5527 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5529 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5532 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5535 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5537 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5540 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5543 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5545 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5548 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5550 static inline dw_die_ref
5551 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5553 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5556 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5559 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5561 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5564 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5568 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5570 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5573 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5575 static inline var_loc_list *
5576 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5578 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5581 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5584 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5586 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5589 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5591 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5594 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5597 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5599 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5603 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5606 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5607 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5615 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5616 we have nothing to do. */
5617 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5618 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5620 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5621 temp->last->next = loc;
5625 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5626 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5633 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5634 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5635 the DIE internal representation. */
5636 static int print_indent;
5638 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5641 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5643 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5646 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5647 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5650 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5655 print_spaces (outfile);
5656 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5657 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5658 print_spaces (outfile);
5659 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5660 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5662 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5664 print_spaces (outfile);
5665 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5667 switch (AT_class (a))
5669 case dw_val_class_addr:
5670 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5672 case dw_val_class_offset:
5673 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5675 case dw_val_class_loc:
5676 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5678 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5679 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5680 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5682 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5683 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5685 case dw_val_class_const:
5686 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5688 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5689 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5691 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5692 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5693 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5694 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5696 case dw_val_class_vec:
5697 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5699 case dw_val_class_flag:
5700 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5702 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5703 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5705 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5706 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5708 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5711 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5713 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5714 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5715 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5717 case dw_val_class_str:
5718 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5719 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5721 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5727 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5730 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5733 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5734 print_die (c, outfile);
5738 if (print_indent == 0)
5739 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5742 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5743 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5746 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5749 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5751 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5752 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5754 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5755 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5756 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5757 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5758 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5759 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5762 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5765 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5768 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5770 print_die (die, stderr);
5773 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5774 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5780 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5781 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5782 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5785 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5786 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5787 they are in order of addition. */
5790 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5792 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5793 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5795 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5797 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5798 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5804 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5811 die->die_child = cp;
5814 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5815 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5816 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5817 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5818 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5821 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5825 reverse_die_lists (die);
5827 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5828 reverse_all_dies (c);
5831 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5832 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5833 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5836 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5838 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5839 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5841 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5845 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5848 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5850 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5852 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5856 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5857 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5859 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5862 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5864 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5865 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5866 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5869 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5872 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5874 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5877 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5879 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5880 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5881 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5882 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5883 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5886 switch (AT_class (at))
5888 case dw_val_class_const:
5889 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5891 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5892 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5894 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5895 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5897 case dw_val_class_vec:
5898 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5900 case dw_val_class_flag:
5901 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5903 case dw_val_class_str:
5904 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5907 case dw_val_class_addr:
5909 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5910 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5913 case dw_val_class_offset:
5914 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5917 case dw_val_class_loc:
5918 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5919 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5922 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5923 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5926 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5927 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5928 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5936 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5939 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5944 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5947 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5950 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5952 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5954 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5955 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5957 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5958 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5962 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5964 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5966 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5968 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5969 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5970 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5973 /* Do the values look the same? */
5975 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5977 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5980 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5983 switch (v1->val_class)
5985 case dw_val_class_const:
5986 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5987 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5988 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5989 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5990 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5991 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5992 case dw_val_class_vec:
5993 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5994 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5996 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5997 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6000 case dw_val_class_flag:
6001 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6002 case dw_val_class_str:
6003 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6005 case dw_val_class_addr:
6006 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6007 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6008 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6010 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6011 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6013 case dw_val_class_offset:
6014 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6016 case dw_val_class_loc:
6017 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6019 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6020 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6022 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6024 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6025 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6027 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6028 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6029 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6037 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6040 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6042 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6045 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6046 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
6047 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6048 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6049 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6052 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6055 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6058 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6063 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6065 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6066 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6068 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6071 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
6073 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
6074 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
6079 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
6081 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
6082 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6090 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6093 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6096 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6098 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6099 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6104 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6106 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6108 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6109 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6111 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6112 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6115 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6117 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6118 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6119 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6122 unsigned char checksum[16];
6125 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6126 the name filename of the unit. */
6128 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6130 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6131 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6132 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6134 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6135 clean_symbol_name (name);
6137 p = name + strlen (name);
6138 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6140 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6144 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6145 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6148 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6151 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6153 switch (die->die_tag)
6155 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6156 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6157 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6158 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6159 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6160 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6161 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6162 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6163 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6164 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6165 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6166 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6167 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6168 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6169 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6170 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6171 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6172 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6179 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6180 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6181 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6182 compilations (functions). */
6185 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6187 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6188 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6189 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6190 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6192 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6195 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6196 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6197 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6198 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6200 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6202 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6205 return is_type_die (c);
6208 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6209 compilation unit. */
6212 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6214 return (is_type_die (c)
6215 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6216 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6220 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6224 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6225 return xstrdup (buf);
6228 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6231 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6235 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6237 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6239 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6241 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6242 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6243 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6246 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6249 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6250 assign_symbol_names (c);
6253 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6256 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6257 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6260 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6262 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6264 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6266 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6270 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6272 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6273 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6275 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6279 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6281 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6291 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6294 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6296 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6297 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6299 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6301 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6302 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6306 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6308 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6314 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6318 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6320 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6321 entry->next = *slot;
6327 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6329 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6331 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6333 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6334 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6338 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6341 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6342 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6343 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6346 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6349 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6350 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6351 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6353 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6355 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6357 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6358 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6360 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6363 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6365 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6368 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6370 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6374 add_child_die (unit, c);
6378 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6379 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6385 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6386 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6390 assign_symbol_names (die);
6391 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6392 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6398 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6399 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6400 &comdat_symbol_number);
6401 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6403 *pnode = node->next;
6406 pnode = &node->next;
6407 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6408 comdat_symbol_number);
6411 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6414 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6415 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6416 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6419 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6423 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6424 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6425 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6426 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6428 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6429 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6432 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6435 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6440 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6441 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6442 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6444 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6445 output_location_lists (c);
6449 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6450 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6451 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6452 die are visited recursively. */
6455 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6457 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6458 unsigned int n_alloc;
6460 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6462 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6463 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6464 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6465 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6466 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6468 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6470 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6473 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6475 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6477 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6479 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6481 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6482 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6484 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6486 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6487 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6490 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6491 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6494 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6500 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6502 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6504 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6505 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6506 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6508 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6509 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6510 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6513 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6514 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6517 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6518 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6519 build_abbrev_table (c);
6522 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6525 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6532 log = floor_log2 (value);
6535 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6540 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6541 .debug_info section. */
6543 static unsigned long
6544 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6546 unsigned long size = 0;
6549 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6550 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6552 switch (AT_class (a))
6554 case dw_val_class_addr:
6555 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6557 case dw_val_class_offset:
6558 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6560 case dw_val_class_loc:
6562 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6565 size += constant_size (lsize);
6569 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6570 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6572 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6573 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6575 case dw_val_class_const:
6576 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6578 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6579 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6581 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6582 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6584 case dw_val_class_vec:
6585 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6586 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6588 case dw_val_class_flag:
6591 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6592 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6593 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6595 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6597 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6598 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6600 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6601 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6603 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6604 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6606 case dw_val_class_str:
6607 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6608 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6610 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6620 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6621 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6622 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6623 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6626 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6630 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6631 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6633 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6636 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6637 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6638 next_die_offset += 1;
6641 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6642 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6643 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6644 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6647 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6651 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6654 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6658 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6661 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6665 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6668 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6672 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6675 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6684 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6685 unmark_all_dies (c);
6687 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6688 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6689 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6692 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6693 compilation unit. */
6695 static unsigned long
6696 size_of_pubnames (void)
6701 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6702 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6704 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6705 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6708 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6712 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6714 static unsigned long
6715 size_of_aranges (void)
6719 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6721 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6722 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6723 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6725 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6726 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6730 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6732 static enum dwarf_form
6733 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6735 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6737 case dw_val_class_addr:
6738 return DW_FORM_addr;
6739 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6740 case dw_val_class_offset:
6741 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6744 return DW_FORM_data4;
6746 return DW_FORM_data8;
6750 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6751 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6752 .debug_loc section */
6753 return DW_FORM_data4;
6754 case dw_val_class_loc:
6755 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6758 return DW_FORM_block1;
6760 return DW_FORM_block2;
6764 case dw_val_class_const:
6765 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6766 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6767 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6770 return DW_FORM_data1;
6772 return DW_FORM_data2;
6774 return DW_FORM_data4;
6776 return DW_FORM_data8;
6780 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6781 return DW_FORM_block1;
6782 case dw_val_class_vec:
6783 return DW_FORM_block1;
6784 case dw_val_class_flag:
6785 return DW_FORM_flag;
6786 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6787 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6788 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6791 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6792 return DW_FORM_data;
6793 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6794 return DW_FORM_addr;
6795 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6796 return DW_FORM_data;
6797 case dw_val_class_str:
6798 return AT_string_form (a);
6805 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6808 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6810 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6812 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6815 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6819 output_abbrev_section (void)
6821 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6825 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6827 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6829 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6830 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6831 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6833 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6834 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6836 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6838 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6839 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6841 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6842 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6843 output_value_format (a_attr);
6846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6850 /* Terminate the table. */
6851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6854 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6857 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6859 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6864 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6865 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6866 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6868 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6870 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6873 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6874 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6875 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6877 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6878 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6879 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6881 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6883 retlist->begin = begin;
6885 retlist->expr = expr;
6886 retlist->section = section;
6888 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6893 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6896 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6897 const char *begin, const char *end,
6898 const char *section)
6902 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6903 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6906 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6907 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6911 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6917 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6918 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6919 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6920 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6921 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6922 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6923 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
6926 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6929 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6931 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6933 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6935 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6936 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6939 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
6941 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6942 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6943 list_head->ll_symbol);
6944 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6945 "Location list end address (%s)",
6946 list_head->ll_symbol);
6950 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6951 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6952 list_head->ll_symbol);
6953 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6954 "Location list end address (%s)",
6955 list_head->ll_symbol);
6957 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6959 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6960 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6961 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6963 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6966 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6967 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6968 list_head->ll_symbol);
6969 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6970 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6971 list_head->ll_symbol);
6974 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6975 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6978 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6984 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6985 them to point to. */
6986 if (die->die_symbol)
6987 output_die_symbol (die);
6989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6990 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6992 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6994 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6996 switch (AT_class (a))
6998 case dw_val_class_addr:
6999 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7002 case dw_val_class_offset:
7003 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7007 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7009 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7011 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7012 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7013 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7019 case dw_val_class_loc:
7020 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7022 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7023 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7025 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7028 case dw_val_class_const:
7029 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7030 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7031 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7032 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7035 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7036 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7037 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7040 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7042 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7044 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7045 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7048 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7050 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7051 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7055 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7056 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7059 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7060 first, "long long constant");
7061 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7066 case dw_val_class_vec:
7068 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7069 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7073 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7074 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7079 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7082 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7083 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7087 case dw_val_class_flag:
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7091 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7093 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7096 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7100 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7101 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7103 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7106 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7110 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7111 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7116 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7120 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7121 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7122 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
7126 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7127 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7130 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
7131 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7134 case dw_val_class_str:
7135 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7136 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7137 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7138 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7140 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7148 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7151 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7152 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7153 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7157 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7158 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7161 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7163 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7164 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7165 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7166 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7167 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7168 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7169 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7170 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7171 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7172 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7175 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7178 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7180 const char *secname;
7183 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7184 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7187 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7188 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7189 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7190 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7191 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7194 build_abbrev_table (die);
7196 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7197 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7198 calc_die_sizes (die);
7200 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7203 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7205 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7207 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7208 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7211 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7213 /* Output debugging information. */
7214 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7217 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7222 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7226 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7227 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7228 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7231 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7233 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7236 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7239 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7243 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7246 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7248 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7250 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7251 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7252 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7253 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7256 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7258 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7261 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7262 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7263 visible procedures. */
7266 output_pubnames (void)
7269 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7271 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7272 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7273 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7274 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7275 "Length of Public Names Info");
7276 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7277 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7278 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7279 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7280 "Compilation Unit Length");
7282 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7284 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7286 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7287 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7292 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7295 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7298 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7301 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7303 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7306 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7308 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7309 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7310 (arange_table_allocated
7311 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7312 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7313 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7316 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7319 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7320 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7321 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7324 output_aranges (void)
7327 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7329 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7330 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7331 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7332 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7333 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7334 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7335 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7336 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7337 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7340 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7341 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7343 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7345 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7346 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7347 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7348 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7351 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7352 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7353 text_section_label, "Length");
7354 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7356 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7358 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7359 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7362 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7364 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7366 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7367 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7369 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7371 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7373 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7374 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7378 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7379 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7380 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7381 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7382 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7384 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7387 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7389 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7390 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7391 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7392 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7397 /* Output the terminator words. */
7398 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7399 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7402 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7406 add_ranges (tree block)
7408 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7410 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7412 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7414 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7415 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7416 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7417 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7420 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7421 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7423 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7427 output_ranges (void)
7430 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7431 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7433 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7435 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7439 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7440 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7442 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7445 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7446 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7447 base of the text section. */
7448 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7450 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7452 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7453 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7454 text_section_label, NULL);
7457 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7458 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7459 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7460 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7463 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7464 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7465 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7472 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7473 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7479 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7482 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7483 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7484 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7485 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7486 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7489 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7493 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7494 int length; /* Path length. */
7495 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7496 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7497 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7498 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7501 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7502 the directories in the path. */
7505 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7507 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7508 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7512 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7513 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7514 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7515 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7516 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7517 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7518 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7520 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7521 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7527 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7528 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7529 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7530 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7531 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7533 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7534 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7539 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7540 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7541 slowdowns with many input files. */
7544 output_file_names (void)
7546 struct file_info *files;
7547 struct dir_info *dirs;
7556 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7557 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7560 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7564 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7565 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7566 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7568 /* Sort the file names. */
7569 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7573 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7574 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7575 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7578 /* Create a new array entry. */
7580 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7581 files[i].file_idx = i;
7583 /* Search for the file name part. */
7584 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7585 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7588 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7589 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7591 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7592 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7593 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7594 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7596 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7598 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7601 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7602 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7603 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7604 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7606 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7607 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7608 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7614 /* This is a new directory. */
7615 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7616 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7617 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7618 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7619 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7620 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7622 /* Search for a prefix. */
7623 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7624 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7625 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7626 && dirs[j].length > 1
7627 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7628 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7629 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7630 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7635 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7636 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7637 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7638 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7639 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7640 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7641 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7642 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7644 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7645 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7650 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7651 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7652 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7653 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7655 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7658 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7660 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7665 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7670 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7671 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7673 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7674 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7679 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7681 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7683 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7684 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7685 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7687 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7688 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7690 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7691 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7696 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7697 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7698 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7699 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7700 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7702 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7704 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7705 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7708 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7709 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7710 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7711 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7712 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7714 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7715 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7716 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7718 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7719 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7720 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7725 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7727 if (idx_offset == 0)
7730 /* Now write all the file names. */
7731 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7733 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7734 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7736 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7737 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7739 /* Include directory index. */
7740 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7742 /* Modification time. */
7743 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7745 /* File length in bytes. */
7746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7753 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7754 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7757 output_line_info (void)
7759 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7760 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7761 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7764 unsigned long lt_index;
7765 unsigned long current_line;
7768 unsigned long current_file;
7769 unsigned long function;
7771 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7773 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7774 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7776 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7777 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7778 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7779 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7780 "Length of Source Line Info");
7781 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7783 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7784 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7787 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7788 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7789 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7790 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7791 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7792 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7793 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7794 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7796 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7799 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7801 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7803 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7804 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7805 "Special Opcode Base");
7807 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7811 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7812 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7813 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7814 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7815 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7827 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7828 output_file_names ();
7829 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7831 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7832 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7833 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7835 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7836 a series of state machine operations. */
7840 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
7841 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7843 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7844 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7846 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7849 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7850 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7853 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7854 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7855 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7856 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7857 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7861 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7863 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7864 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7865 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7866 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7867 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7868 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7870 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7873 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7874 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7875 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7876 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7880 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7881 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7882 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7884 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7885 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7888 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7890 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7891 different from the previous line. */
7892 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7894 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7895 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7896 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7897 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7901 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7902 that uses the least amount of space. */
7903 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7905 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7906 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7907 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7908 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7909 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7910 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7912 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7913 "line %lu", current_line);
7916 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7917 depending on the value being encoded. */
7918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7919 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7920 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7925 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7926 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7929 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7932 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7933 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7934 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7939 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7941 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7945 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7951 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7953 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7954 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7957 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7958 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7959 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7960 && line_info->function == function)
7964 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7965 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7966 to handle it differently. */
7967 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7969 if (function != line_info->function)
7971 function = line_info->function;
7973 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7975 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7977 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7981 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7984 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7985 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7986 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7990 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7991 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7992 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7993 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7997 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7999 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8000 different from the previous line. */
8001 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8003 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8004 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8005 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
8006 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
8010 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8011 that uses the least amount of space. */
8012 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8014 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8015 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8016 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8017 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8018 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8019 "line %lu", current_line);
8022 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8023 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8024 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8029 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8037 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8038 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8039 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8044 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8045 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8049 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8050 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8055 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8057 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8060 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8062 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8067 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8068 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8071 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8072 a DIE that describes the given type.
8074 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8075 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8078 base_type_die (tree type)
8080 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8081 const char *type_name;
8082 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8083 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8085 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8090 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8091 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8093 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
8096 type_name = "__unknown__";
8098 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8102 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8104 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8105 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8107 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8109 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8110 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8112 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8116 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8117 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8119 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8122 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8123 a user defined type for it. */
8125 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8126 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8128 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8132 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8133 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8137 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8141 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8142 if (demangle_name_func)
8143 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
8145 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
8146 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8147 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8148 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8150 return base_type_result;
8153 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8154 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8155 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8156 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8157 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8158 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8159 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8160 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8163 root_type (tree type)
8165 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8166 return error_mark_node;
8168 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8171 return error_mark_node;
8174 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8175 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8178 return type_main_variant (type);
8182 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8183 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8186 is_base_type (tree type)
8188 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8202 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8207 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8220 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8221 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8222 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8223 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8226 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8227 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8229 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8230 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8231 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8233 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8234 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8236 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8239 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8240 emitted as a subrange type. */
8243 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8245 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8247 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8248 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8249 or an enumeral type. */
8251 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8252 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8255 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8256 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8259 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8260 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8261 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8262 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8263 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8264 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8265 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8266 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8268 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8269 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8270 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8271 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8272 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8273 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8274 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8275 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8276 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8277 keep checking the actual size. */
8278 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8279 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8281 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8282 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8284 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8285 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8287 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8294 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8295 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8298 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8300 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8301 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8302 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8303 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8304 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8306 if (context_die == NULL)
8307 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8309 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8310 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8312 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8314 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8318 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8319 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8320 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8323 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8325 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8326 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8327 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8330 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8331 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8332 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8333 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8334 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8335 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8336 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8338 return subrange_die;
8341 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8342 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8345 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8346 dw_die_ref context_die)
8348 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8349 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8350 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8351 tree item_type = NULL;
8353 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8355 tree qualified_type;
8357 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8360 = get_qualified_type (type,
8361 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8363 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8365 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8368 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8370 return mod_type_die;
8373 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8374 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8375 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8376 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8378 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8379 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8381 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8383 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8384 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8385 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8387 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8388 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8389 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8390 type to which it refers. */
8392 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8393 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8396 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8402 else if (is_const_type)
8404 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8405 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8407 else if (is_volatile_type)
8409 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8410 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8412 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8414 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8415 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8416 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8418 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8420 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8422 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8424 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8425 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8426 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8428 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8430 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8432 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8433 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8434 else if (is_base_type (type))
8435 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8438 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8440 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8441 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8442 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8443 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8444 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8446 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8447 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8449 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8450 not the main variant. */
8451 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8452 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8455 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8456 type = qualified_type;
8460 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8462 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8463 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8464 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8465 types are possible in Ada. */
8466 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8467 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8468 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8471 if (sub_die != NULL)
8472 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8474 return mod_type_die;
8477 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8478 an enumerated type. */
8481 type_is_enum (tree type)
8483 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8486 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8489 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8491 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8493 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8495 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8496 regno = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8499 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8502 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8503 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8504 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8507 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8509 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8511 if (*list_head != NULL)
8513 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8514 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8517 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8518 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8522 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8523 zero if there is none. */
8525 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8526 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8530 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8533 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8535 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8536 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8538 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8541 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8542 a given hard register number. */
8544 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8545 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8548 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8550 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8553 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8554 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8556 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8557 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8561 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8564 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8565 reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8567 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8568 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8570 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8571 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8573 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8580 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8581 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8582 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8588 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8590 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8592 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8595 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8599 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8600 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8601 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8602 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8607 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8609 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8610 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8612 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8614 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8615 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8619 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8622 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8624 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8634 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8636 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8637 || i >= -0x80000000)
8643 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8646 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8648 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8649 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8653 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8654 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8655 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8656 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8657 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8659 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8663 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8665 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8666 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8668 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8669 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8670 offset += frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
8672 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8676 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8678 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8680 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8683 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8686 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8688 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8689 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8690 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8691 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8694 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8695 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8696 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8697 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8699 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8700 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8701 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8702 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8704 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8705 autoincrement addressing modes.
8707 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8708 location list for RTL.
8710 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8712 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8713 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8715 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8716 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8718 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8719 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8720 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8721 zeroth element of the array. */
8723 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8725 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8730 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8731 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8733 /* ... fall through ... */
8736 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8737 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8738 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8739 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8740 contains the given subreg. */
8741 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8743 /* ... fall through ... */
8746 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8747 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8748 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8749 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8750 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8751 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8752 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8753 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8754 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8755 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8756 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8757 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8758 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8759 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8760 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8764 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8765 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8766 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8770 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8772 /* ... fall through ... */
8775 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8776 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8780 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8781 by a different symbol. */
8782 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8785 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8787 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8790 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8791 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8796 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8797 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8798 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8799 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8804 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8805 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8806 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8807 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8811 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8813 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8818 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8820 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8821 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8822 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8823 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8825 /* ... fall through ... */
8829 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8830 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8831 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8834 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8835 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8838 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8839 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8840 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8841 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8842 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8845 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8846 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8847 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8848 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8853 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8854 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8873 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8874 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8876 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8879 mem_loc_result = op0;
8880 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8881 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8886 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8893 return mem_loc_result;
8896 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8897 This is typically a complex variable. */
8899 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8900 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8902 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8903 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8904 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8906 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8909 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8910 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8912 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8913 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
8915 return cc_loc_result;
8918 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8919 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8920 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8921 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8922 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8924 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8926 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8927 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8929 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8931 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8934 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8935 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8936 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8937 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8938 contains the given subreg. */
8939 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8941 /* ... fall through ... */
8944 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8948 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8952 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8957 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8959 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
8963 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8968 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8969 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8970 enum machine_mode mode;
8973 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8974 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8975 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8976 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8977 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8979 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8981 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8982 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8983 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8984 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8996 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8997 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8998 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8999 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9000 the value of LOC. */
9002 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9003 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9005 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9006 int have_address = 0;
9007 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9009 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9010 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9013 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9018 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9019 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9020 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9021 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9022 the names of types. */
9028 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9029 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9030 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9031 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9032 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9036 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9040 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9041 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9044 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9048 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9049 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9052 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9053 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9054 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9057 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9058 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9063 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9064 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9067 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9068 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9069 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9071 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9072 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9080 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9081 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9087 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9089 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9091 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9093 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9094 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9095 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9096 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9098 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9100 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9102 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9103 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9104 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9108 enum machine_mode mode;
9110 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9111 if (want_address == 2)
9112 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9114 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9117 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9120 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9126 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9131 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9135 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9136 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9139 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9144 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9147 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9148 enum machine_mode mode;
9150 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9152 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9153 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9158 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9160 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9163 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9165 /* Variable offset. */
9166 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9167 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9170 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9172 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9173 else if (bytepos < 0)
9175 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9176 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9184 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9185 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9192 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9193 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9194 enum machine_mode mode;
9196 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9198 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9199 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9200 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9205 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9206 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9211 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9217 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9222 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9224 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9225 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9233 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9235 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9236 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9249 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9253 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9254 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9256 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9260 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9261 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9262 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9272 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9279 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9286 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9293 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9308 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9309 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9310 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9313 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9314 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9317 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9331 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9335 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9341 const enum tree_code code =
9342 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9344 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9345 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9346 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9347 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9350 /* ... fall through ... */
9354 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9355 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9356 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9357 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9358 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9360 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9361 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9364 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9365 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9367 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9368 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9369 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9371 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9372 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9373 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9375 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9376 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9377 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9378 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9379 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9383 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9385 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9386 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9390 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9391 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9392 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9393 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9396 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9397 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9398 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9401 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9402 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9407 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9408 if (want_address && !have_address)
9411 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9412 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9414 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9416 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9418 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9421 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9423 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9429 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9430 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9432 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9435 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9436 which is not less than the value itself. */
9438 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9439 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9441 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9444 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9445 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9446 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9450 field_type (tree decl)
9454 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9455 return integer_type_node;
9457 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9458 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9459 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9464 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9465 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9466 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9468 static inline unsigned
9469 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9471 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9474 static inline unsigned
9475 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9477 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9480 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9481 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9482 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9483 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9484 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9487 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9488 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9490 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9491 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9492 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9493 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9495 tree field_size_tree;
9496 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9497 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9498 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9500 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9503 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9505 type = field_type (decl);
9506 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9508 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9509 a flexible array member. */
9510 if (! field_size_tree)
9511 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9513 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9514 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9515 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9516 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9519 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9521 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9522 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9523 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9525 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9527 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9528 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9529 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9531 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9532 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9533 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9534 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9535 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9536 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9537 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9538 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9540 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9542 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9543 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9544 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9545 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9546 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9547 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9548 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9549 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9550 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9551 bits of the bit-field itself.
9553 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9554 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9555 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9556 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9557 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9558 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9559 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9560 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9561 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9563 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9564 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9565 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9566 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9567 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9568 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9570 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9571 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9572 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9574 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9575 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9576 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9578 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9579 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9580 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9581 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9583 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9585 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9586 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9588 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9589 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9590 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9591 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9594 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9597 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9598 associated with them. */
9600 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9602 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9603 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9604 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9607 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9608 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9611 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9614 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9615 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9616 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9617 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9618 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9619 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9622 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9623 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9624 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9625 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9626 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9627 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9628 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9629 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9630 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9634 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9636 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9637 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9639 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9641 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9642 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9644 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9645 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9646 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9647 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9649 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9651 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9653 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9655 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9656 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9657 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9659 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9660 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9661 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9663 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9664 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9665 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9667 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9668 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9669 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9670 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9672 /* Extract the offset. */
9673 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9674 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9676 /* Add it to the object address. */
9677 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9678 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9681 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9684 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9688 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9690 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9691 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9692 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9694 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9695 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9696 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9700 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9703 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9706 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9709 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9712 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9716 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9722 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9724 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9725 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9727 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9733 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9739 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9742 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9748 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9749 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9751 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9752 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9754 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9759 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9760 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9761 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9762 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9763 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9766 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9768 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9772 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9775 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9777 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9782 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9783 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9784 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9785 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9787 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9789 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
9791 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9792 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9794 insert_float (rtl, array);
9795 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9799 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9800 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9802 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9803 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9810 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9811 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9812 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9813 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9817 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9819 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9820 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9822 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9823 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9825 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9833 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9834 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9841 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9842 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9845 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9846 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9848 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9849 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9854 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9855 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9860 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9861 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9863 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9864 insert_float (elt, p);
9872 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9877 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9883 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9884 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9888 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9889 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9890 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9891 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9892 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9893 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9894 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9895 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9896 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9897 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9898 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9902 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9908 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9909 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9912 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9916 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9917 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9918 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9920 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9921 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9922 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9924 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9926 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9927 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9928 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9929 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9930 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9931 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9932 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9934 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9935 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9936 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9937 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9938 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9939 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9941 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
9942 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9944 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9946 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9947 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9953 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9956 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9960 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9961 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9962 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9964 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9965 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9966 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9967 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9968 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9969 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9970 referenced within the function.
9972 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9973 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9974 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9975 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9977 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9978 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9979 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9980 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9981 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9982 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9984 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9985 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9986 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9987 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9988 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9989 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9990 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9991 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9992 output at debug-time.
9994 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9995 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9996 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9997 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9998 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9999 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10000 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10001 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10002 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10003 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10004 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10005 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10006 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10008 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10009 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10010 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10011 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10012 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10013 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10014 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10015 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10016 I'd like to fix it.
10018 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10019 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10020 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10021 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10022 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10023 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10024 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10025 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10026 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10027 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10028 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10030 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10031 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10033 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10034 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10035 fixed registers. */
10036 if (! reload_completed)
10039 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10041 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10043 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10044 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10046 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10051 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10053 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10055 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10056 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10057 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10058 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10060 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10061 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10062 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10063 if (dmode == pmode)
10064 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10065 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10066 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10067 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10069 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10072 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10074 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10075 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10076 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10077 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10084 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10085 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10086 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10087 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10088 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10089 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10091 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10092 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10093 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10094 /* Not passed in memory. */
10095 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10096 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10097 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10098 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10099 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10100 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10101 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10104 /* Big endian correction check. */
10105 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10106 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10107 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10110 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10111 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10113 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10114 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10117 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10120 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10121 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10123 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10124 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10126 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10127 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10128 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10129 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10130 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10131 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10133 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10134 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10137 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10138 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10139 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10140 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10141 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10144 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10146 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10147 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10148 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10150 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10155 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10156 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10157 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10158 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10159 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10160 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10162 static const char *
10163 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10165 const char *secname;
10167 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10169 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10170 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10172 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10174 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10175 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10177 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10178 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10180 secname = text_section_label;
10185 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10186 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10187 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10188 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10189 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10190 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10191 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10192 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10193 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10194 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10197 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10198 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10201 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10202 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10203 struct var_loc_node *node;
10204 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10207 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10208 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10210 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10211 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10213 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10215 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10217 const char *endname, *secname;
10218 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10221 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10222 actually construct the list of locations.
10223 The first location information is what is passed to the
10224 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10225 locations just get added on to that list.
10226 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10227 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10228 the range [current location start, next location start].
10229 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10230 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10232 node = loc_list->first;
10233 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10234 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10236 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10237 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10240 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10241 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10243 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10244 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10245 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10246 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10247 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10250 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10251 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10252 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10254 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10256 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10257 if (!current_function_decl)
10258 endname = text_end_label;
10261 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10262 current_function_funcdef_no);
10263 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10265 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10266 node->label, endname, secname);
10269 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10270 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10274 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10277 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10278 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10280 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10284 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10285 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10286 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10287 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10289 node = loc_list->first;
10290 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10293 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10298 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10299 description from the tree. */
10300 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10303 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10308 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10309 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10310 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10313 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10315 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10316 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10319 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10324 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10326 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10329 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10330 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a location
10331 list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting a dwarf2
10332 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. */
10334 static dw_loc_list_ref
10335 convert_cfa_to_loc_list (void)
10338 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10340 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10341 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10343 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10345 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10349 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10350 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10351 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10352 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10354 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10356 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10357 advance opcodes. */
10358 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10359 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10361 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10362 last_label = start_label;
10364 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10365 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10367 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10368 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10369 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10370 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10372 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10373 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10375 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10376 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10377 start_label = last_label;
10379 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10382 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10383 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10384 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10385 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10386 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10387 if it were to be required. */
10388 gcc_unreachable ();
10391 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10395 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10397 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10398 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10399 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10400 start_label = last_label;
10402 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa), start_label,
10403 fde->dw_fde_end, section, list == NULL);
10408 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
10409 the CFA, and store it in frame_pointer_cfa_offset. */
10412 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement (void)
10414 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10417 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10418 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10419 offset = FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10421 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10422 offset = ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10425 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10426 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10428 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10429 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10431 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10432 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10434 frame_pointer_cfa_offset = -offset;
10438 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10439 the value of the attribute. */
10442 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10444 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10446 if (demangle_name_func)
10447 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10449 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10453 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10456 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10458 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10460 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10463 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10464 a representation for that bound. */
10467 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10469 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10474 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10476 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10477 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10478 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10479 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10480 /* Use the default. */
10483 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10488 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10489 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10490 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10500 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10502 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10503 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10504 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10505 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10506 later parameter. */
10507 if (decl_die != NULL)
10508 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10514 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10515 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10517 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10518 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10520 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10524 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10525 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10527 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10529 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10530 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10531 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10532 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10534 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10540 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10541 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10544 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10546 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10547 unsigned dimension_number;
10550 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10552 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10553 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10554 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10555 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10556 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10557 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10558 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10559 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10561 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10562 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10563 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10564 gen_array_type_die. */
10565 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10566 for (dimension_number = 0;
10567 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10568 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10571 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10573 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10574 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10576 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10579 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10580 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10581 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10583 /* Define the index type. */
10584 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10586 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10587 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10588 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10589 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10590 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10591 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10592 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10595 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10599 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10600 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10602 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10603 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10604 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10606 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10608 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10611 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10612 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10618 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10622 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10627 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10630 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10631 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10634 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10635 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10636 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10637 even for bit-fields. */
10638 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10641 gcc_unreachable ();
10644 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10645 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10646 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10647 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10648 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10651 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10652 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10653 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10656 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10657 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10658 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10659 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10660 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10661 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10663 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10664 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10665 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10668 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10670 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10671 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10672 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10673 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10674 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10675 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10677 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10678 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10680 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10681 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10682 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10683 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10684 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10687 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10689 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10690 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10691 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10692 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10693 below must take account of these differences. */
10694 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10695 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10697 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10699 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10700 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10704 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10705 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10706 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10708 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10711 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10712 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10715 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10717 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10718 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10719 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10721 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10722 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10725 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10726 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10729 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10731 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10732 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10733 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10736 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10737 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10741 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10743 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10745 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10747 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10748 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10749 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10751 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10752 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10756 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10758 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10760 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10763 if (DECL_P (origin))
10764 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10765 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10766 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10768 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10769 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10770 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10771 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10772 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10773 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10774 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10778 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10781 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10784 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10786 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10788 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10790 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10791 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10792 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10793 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10796 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10797 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10798 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10799 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10803 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10806 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10808 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10809 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10811 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10812 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10815 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10816 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10819 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10823 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10824 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10826 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10827 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10828 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10830 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10831 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10832 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10833 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10834 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
10835 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10836 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10839 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10840 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10841 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10842 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10844 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10845 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10846 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10851 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10854 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10856 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10859 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10862 pop_decl_scope (void)
10864 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10867 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10868 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10869 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10870 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10871 the current active scope. */
10874 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10876 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10877 tree containing_scope;
10880 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10881 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10883 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10885 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10886 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10888 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10891 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10894 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10895 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10896 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10897 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10898 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10900 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10901 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10902 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10904 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10905 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10906 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10907 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10908 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10913 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10914 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10916 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10917 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10920 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10923 scope_die = context_die;
10928 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10931 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10933 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10934 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10935 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10941 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10942 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10945 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10947 return (context_die
10948 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10949 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10950 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10953 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10954 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10955 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10958 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10959 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10961 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10962 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10964 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10965 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10966 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10967 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10968 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10969 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10970 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10972 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10973 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10974 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10975 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10976 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10979 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10980 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10981 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10984 if (type_die != NULL)
10985 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10988 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10989 function call type. */
10991 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10993 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10995 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10997 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10998 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10999 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11000 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11003 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11004 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11005 was declared without a tag. */
11007 static const char *
11008 type_tag (tree type)
11010 const char *name = 0;
11012 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11016 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11017 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11018 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11020 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11021 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11023 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11024 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11025 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11027 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11029 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11032 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11035 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11036 for bit field types. */
11039 member_declared_type (tree member)
11041 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11042 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11045 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11046 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11049 static const char *
11050 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11053 const char *fnname;
11055 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11056 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11059 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11061 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11066 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11067 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11068 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11071 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11073 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11074 dw_die_ref array_die;
11077 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11078 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11079 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11080 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11081 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11084 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11085 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11086 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11088 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11090 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11091 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11092 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11093 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11097 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11098 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11099 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11100 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11101 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11102 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11103 for multidimensional arrays. */
11104 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11107 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11108 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11109 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11110 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11111 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11114 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11116 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11117 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11119 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11120 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11121 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11122 add_subscript_info. */
11123 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11124 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11125 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11127 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11130 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11135 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11137 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11138 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11140 if (origin != NULL)
11141 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11144 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11145 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11146 0, 0, context_die);
11149 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11150 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11152 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11156 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11157 emit full debugging info for them. */
11160 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11164 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11165 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11168 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11171 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11173 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11175 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11176 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11177 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11180 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11183 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11185 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11187 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11188 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11189 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11192 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11195 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11197 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11199 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11200 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11201 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11204 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11205 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11206 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11210 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11212 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11214 if (type_die == NULL)
11216 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11217 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11218 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11219 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11221 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11224 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11226 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11227 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11228 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11229 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11233 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11234 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11235 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11236 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11238 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11239 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11240 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11241 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11243 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11244 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11246 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11247 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11249 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11250 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11252 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11253 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11254 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11255 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11256 values as if they were signed. That means that
11257 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11258 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11259 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11260 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11264 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11269 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11270 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11273 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11274 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11275 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11276 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11277 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11278 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11279 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11280 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11283 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11285 dw_die_ref parm_die
11286 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11289 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11291 case tcc_declaration:
11292 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11293 if (origin != NULL)
11294 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11297 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11298 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11299 TREE_READONLY (node),
11300 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11302 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11303 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11306 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11307 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11308 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11313 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11314 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11318 gcc_unreachable ();
11324 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11325 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11328 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11330 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11333 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11334 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11335 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11336 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11339 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11342 tree formal_type = NULL;
11343 tree first_parm_type;
11346 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11348 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11349 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11354 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11356 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11357 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11358 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11360 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11362 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11363 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11366 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11367 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11368 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11369 && link == first_parm_type)
11370 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11371 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11373 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11375 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11378 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11379 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11380 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11381 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11383 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11384 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11385 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11386 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11387 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11388 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11391 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11392 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11393 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11394 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11395 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11398 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11400 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11402 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11403 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11404 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11405 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11407 dw_die_ref type_die;
11408 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11410 push_decl_scope (type);
11411 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11412 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11413 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11414 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11416 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11417 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11418 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11419 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11420 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11422 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11423 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11427 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11433 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11434 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11437 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11439 dw_die_ref old_die;
11442 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11444 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11445 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11447 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11448 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11449 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11452 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11453 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11454 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11456 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11458 gen_type_die_for_member
11459 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11462 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11463 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11464 current_function_decl = decl;
11466 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11467 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11468 if (! was_abstract)
11469 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11471 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11474 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11478 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11480 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11481 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11482 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11485 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11486 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11487 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11489 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11490 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11491 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11492 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11493 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11495 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11496 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11499 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11502 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11503 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11504 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11505 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11506 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11507 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11508 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11510 if (origin != NULL)
11512 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11514 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11515 inline function. */
11516 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11517 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11519 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11520 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11524 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11525 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11527 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11528 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11529 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11530 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11531 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11533 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11534 something we have already output. */
11538 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11539 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11540 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11541 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11542 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11543 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11544 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11545 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11546 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11547 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11548 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11549 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11551 subr_die = old_die;
11553 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11554 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11555 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11556 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11557 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11558 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11559 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11563 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11564 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11565 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11566 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11567 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11568 != (unsigned) s.line)
11570 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11575 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11577 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11578 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11580 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11581 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11583 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11584 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11585 0, 0, context_die);
11588 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11589 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11590 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11592 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11593 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11594 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11595 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11600 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11602 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11604 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11605 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11606 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11607 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11609 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11610 later reused to represent definition. */
11611 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11614 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11616 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11618 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11619 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11621 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11625 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11626 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11628 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11631 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11633 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11635 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11636 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11638 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11640 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11641 current_function_funcdef_no);
11642 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11643 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11644 current_function_funcdef_no);
11645 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11647 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11648 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11651 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11652 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11653 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11655 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11656 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11657 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11658 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11660 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11661 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11662 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11666 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11667 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11668 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11671 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
11672 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11673 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11674 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11675 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11676 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11677 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11678 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11680 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11681 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11682 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11683 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11685 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_loc_list ();
11686 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11687 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11689 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11692 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11693 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11694 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11695 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11696 by this displacement. */
11697 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement ();
11699 /* For targets which support DWARF2, but not DWARF2 call-frame info,
11700 we just use the stack pointer or frame pointer. */
11701 /* ??? Should investigate getting better info via callbacks, or else
11702 by interpreting the IA-64 unwind info. */
11705 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11706 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11710 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11711 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11712 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11715 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11716 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11717 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11718 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11719 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11720 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11721 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11722 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11723 an ellipsis at the end. */
11725 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11726 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11727 its formal parameters. */
11728 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11730 else if (declaration)
11731 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11734 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11735 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11738 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11739 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11740 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11741 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11743 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11744 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11745 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11746 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11748 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11751 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11752 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11753 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11754 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11755 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11756 parameters at all. */
11757 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11758 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11760 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11761 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11762 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11764 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11765 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11768 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11769 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11770 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11772 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11773 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11774 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11775 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11776 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11777 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11778 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11780 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11781 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11782 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11783 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11784 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11785 constructor function. */
11786 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11788 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11789 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11790 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11792 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11793 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11795 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11796 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11798 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11799 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11801 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11802 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11807 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11808 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11812 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11815 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11817 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11818 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11820 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11821 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11822 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11823 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11824 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11825 the program. For example, consider the C++
11829 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11834 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11836 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11837 definition is required, so the compiler will
11838 not emit a definition. */
11839 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
11840 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11841 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11843 if (origin != NULL)
11844 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11846 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11847 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11849 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11850 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11853 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11855 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11856 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11857 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11859 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11860 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11862 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11863 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11864 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11866 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11867 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11869 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11870 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11872 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11873 != (unsigned) s.line)
11875 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11880 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11881 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11882 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11884 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11885 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11887 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11888 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11890 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11891 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11892 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11893 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11897 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11899 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11900 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11902 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11904 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11905 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11908 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11911 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11914 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11916 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11917 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11919 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11921 if (origin != NULL)
11922 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11924 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11926 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11927 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11930 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11932 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11933 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11934 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11938 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11940 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11941 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11942 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11943 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11944 it if it ever does happen. */
11945 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11947 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11948 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11953 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11954 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11955 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11958 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11960 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
11961 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11963 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_file, file_index);
11964 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
11967 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11968 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11971 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11973 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11975 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11979 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11981 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11984 add_ranges (chain);
11985 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11992 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11993 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11994 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11995 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11996 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11997 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12001 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12004 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12006 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12008 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12009 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12011 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12014 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12017 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12019 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12021 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12022 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12023 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12024 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12025 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12027 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12029 dw_die_ref subr_die
12030 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12032 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12033 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12034 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12036 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12037 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12040 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12041 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12042 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12043 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12044 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12045 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12046 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12047 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12048 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12049 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12050 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12052 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12055 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12058 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12060 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12062 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12065 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12066 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12067 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12068 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12071 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12073 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12074 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12075 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12078 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12079 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12081 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12082 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12084 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12085 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12086 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12087 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12089 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12090 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12094 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12095 Use modified_type_die instead.
12096 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12097 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12100 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12103 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12105 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12106 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12107 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12110 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12111 Use modified_type_die instead.
12112 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12113 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12116 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12119 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12121 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12122 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12123 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12127 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12130 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12133 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12134 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12136 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12137 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12138 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12139 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12142 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12145 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12148 char producer[250];
12149 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12152 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12156 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12157 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12158 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12159 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12162 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12165 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12166 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12167 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12168 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12169 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12170 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12171 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12172 strcat (producer, " -g");
12175 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12177 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12178 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12179 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12180 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12181 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12182 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12183 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12184 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12185 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12186 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12187 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12188 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12190 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12192 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12196 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
12199 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12201 dw_die_ref type_die
12202 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12204 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12206 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
12207 TODO: add string length info. */
12209 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
12210 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
12214 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12217 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12219 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12221 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12222 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12224 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12225 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12227 if (access == access_public_node)
12228 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12229 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12230 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12233 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12236 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12239 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12242 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12243 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12244 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12245 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12246 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12247 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12248 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12249 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12250 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12251 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12252 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12254 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12257 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12261 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12262 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12263 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12264 : access_public_node), context_die);
12267 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12268 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12270 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12271 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12272 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12273 do put them in the right order. */
12275 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12277 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12279 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12282 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12283 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12285 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12286 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12289 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12291 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12293 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12297 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12298 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12299 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12302 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12304 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12305 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12307 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12308 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12309 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12310 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12312 if (type_die && ! complete)
12315 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12316 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12317 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12320 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12322 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12323 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12325 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12327 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12328 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12330 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12332 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12334 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12337 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12339 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12340 then give a list of members. */
12341 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12343 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12344 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12345 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12346 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12347 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12348 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12350 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12351 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12352 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12353 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12355 push_decl_scope (type);
12356 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12359 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12360 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12362 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12364 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12365 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12366 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12371 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12373 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12374 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12375 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12376 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12380 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12383 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12385 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12386 dw_die_ref subr_die
12387 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12388 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12390 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12391 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12392 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12393 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12396 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12399 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12401 dw_die_ref type_die;
12404 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12407 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12408 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12409 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12410 if (origin != NULL)
12411 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12416 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12417 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12419 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12421 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12422 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12425 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12427 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12428 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12431 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12432 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12435 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12438 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12442 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12445 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12446 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12448 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12451 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12452 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12454 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12455 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12459 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12460 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12461 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12462 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12463 cloned type itself). */
12464 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12465 type = type_main_variant (type);
12467 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12470 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12476 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12477 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12478 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12479 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12480 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12482 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12484 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12485 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12486 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12490 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12491 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12492 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12494 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12495 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12497 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12499 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12502 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12503 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12504 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12505 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12509 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12510 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12511 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12515 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12517 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12518 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12521 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12525 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12528 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12531 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12532 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12533 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12534 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12535 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12536 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12537 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12538 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12539 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12540 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12542 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12544 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12547 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12548 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12549 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12554 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12558 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12559 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12561 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12566 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12567 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12568 when appropriate. */
12577 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12581 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12585 gcc_unreachable ();
12588 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12591 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12594 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12596 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12599 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12600 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12601 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12603 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12605 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12606 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12608 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12613 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12614 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12618 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12622 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12623 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12627 gcc_unreachable ();
12631 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12632 things which are local to the given block. */
12635 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12637 int must_output_die = 0;
12640 enum tree_code origin_code;
12642 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12643 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12646 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12647 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12648 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12649 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12653 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12654 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12659 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12660 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12661 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12662 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12663 the current block. */
12664 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12665 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12667 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12669 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12670 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12671 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12672 must_output_die = 1;
12675 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12676 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12677 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12678 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12679 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12680 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12681 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12682 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12684 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12685 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12686 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12687 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12688 as being a "significant" one. */
12689 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12690 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12691 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12692 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12694 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12695 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12696 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12697 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12698 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12699 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12701 must_output_die = 1;
12707 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12708 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12709 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12710 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12711 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12712 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12713 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12714 if (must_output_die)
12716 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12717 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12719 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12722 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12725 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12726 all of its sub-blocks. */
12729 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12734 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12735 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12738 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12740 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12741 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12742 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12743 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12744 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12748 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12749 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12750 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12751 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12755 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12756 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12757 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12758 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12759 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12760 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12763 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12767 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12768 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12771 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12772 therein) of this block. */
12773 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12775 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12776 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12779 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12782 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12784 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12787 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12788 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12789 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12790 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12791 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12792 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12798 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12801 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12803 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12804 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12805 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12806 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12809 dw_die_ref context_die;
12810 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12813 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12814 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12815 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12817 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12820 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12822 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12826 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12828 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12829 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12830 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12831 declaration die. */
12832 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12833 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12834 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12835 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12839 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12840 gen_decl_die() call. */
12841 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12842 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12843 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12844 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12847 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12848 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12852 gcc_unreachable ();
12855 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12857 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12858 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12864 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12867 force_type_die (tree type)
12869 dw_die_ref type_die;
12871 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12874 dw_die_ref context_die;
12875 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12877 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12878 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12880 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12883 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12885 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12888 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12889 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12890 gcc_assert (type_die);
12895 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12896 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12899 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12901 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12902 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12903 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12904 /* Force out the namespace. */
12905 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12907 return context_die;
12910 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12911 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12913 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12914 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12917 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12919 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12921 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12924 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12925 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12926 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12927 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12930 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12932 if (ns_context != context_die)
12934 if (DECL_P (thing))
12935 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12937 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12941 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12944 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12946 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12948 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12949 they are an alias of. */
12950 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12952 /* Output a real namespace. */
12953 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12954 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12955 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12956 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12960 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12962 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12963 dw_die_ref origin_die
12964 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12966 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12967 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12968 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12969 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12970 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12971 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12975 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12978 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12982 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12985 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12991 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12992 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12995 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12996 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12997 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12998 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12999 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13004 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13005 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13006 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13007 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13010 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13011 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13012 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13014 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13015 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13016 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13017 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13018 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13019 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13020 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13021 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13022 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13024 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13025 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13028 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13029 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13031 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13032 have described its return type. */
13033 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13035 /* And its virtual context. */
13036 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13037 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13039 /* And its containing type. */
13040 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13041 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13042 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13044 /* And its containing namespace. */
13045 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13048 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13049 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13053 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13054 actual typedefs. */
13055 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13058 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13059 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13060 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13061 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13062 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13063 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13064 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13066 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13070 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13071 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13073 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13074 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13078 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13079 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13084 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13085 variable declarations or definitions. */
13086 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13089 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13091 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13093 /* And its containing type. */
13094 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13095 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13096 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13098 /* And its containing namespace. */
13099 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13101 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13102 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13103 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13105 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13106 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13107 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13109 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13113 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13114 anonymous unions and structs. */
13115 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13116 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13117 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13119 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13120 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13125 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13126 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13129 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13130 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13134 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13135 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13140 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
13143 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
13145 unsigned int file_index;
13147 if (filename != NULL)
13149 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13150 tree context_list_decl
13151 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
13154 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
13155 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
13156 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
13157 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13158 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
13162 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13163 compilation proper has finished. */
13166 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13168 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13169 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13170 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13171 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13172 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13173 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13176 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13177 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13179 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13182 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13185 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13188 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13190 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13191 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13192 unsigned file_index;
13193 expanded_location xloc;
13195 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13200 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13201 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13204 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13205 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13207 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13208 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13209 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13211 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13213 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13214 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13215 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13218 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13219 if (!at_import_die)
13221 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13222 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13223 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13225 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13226 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13228 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13229 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13230 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13232 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13234 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13235 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13237 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13241 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13242 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13243 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13245 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13247 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13248 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
13249 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13250 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13251 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13254 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13257 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13259 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13261 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13266 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13267 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13268 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13269 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13270 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13271 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13272 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13273 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13274 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13275 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13276 with the definition of the function.
13278 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13279 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13280 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13281 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13282 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13283 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13284 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13285 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13286 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13287 that they *are* definitions).
13289 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13290 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13291 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13292 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13293 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13294 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13297 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13298 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13299 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13300 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13301 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13302 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13303 context_die = NULL;
13307 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13308 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13309 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13310 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13311 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13312 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13313 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13314 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13315 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13318 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13319 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13320 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13322 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13323 variable declarations or definitions. */
13324 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13328 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13329 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13331 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13336 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13337 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13340 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13341 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13342 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13344 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13345 comparisons have. */
13346 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
13347 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
13348 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13349 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13350 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13355 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13356 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13359 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13360 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13361 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13362 context_die = NULL;
13370 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13373 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13374 a lexical block. */
13377 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13378 unsigned int blocknum)
13380 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13381 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13384 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13388 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13390 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13391 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13394 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13395 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13397 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13398 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13399 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13402 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13406 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13407 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13408 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13414 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13415 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13416 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13417 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13418 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13419 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13420 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13421 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13422 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13426 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13429 char *save_file_name;
13431 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13432 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13433 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13436 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13437 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13438 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13441 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13442 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13443 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13444 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13446 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13450 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13451 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13452 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13453 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13454 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13456 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13457 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13458 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13459 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13461 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13462 return maybe_emit_file (i);
13467 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13468 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13469 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13470 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13471 types, which may include filenames. */
13474 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13476 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13478 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13480 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13481 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13482 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13483 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13484 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13485 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13487 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13493 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13496 init_file_table (void)
13498 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13499 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13500 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13502 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13503 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13504 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13505 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13508 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13509 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13510 our lookup table. */
13513 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13515 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13516 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13518 static rtx last_insn;
13519 static const char *last_label;
13522 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13524 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13526 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13527 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13528 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13530 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13531 && last_insn == prev_insn
13532 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13533 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13535 newloc->label = last_label;
13539 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13540 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13542 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13544 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13545 newloc->next = NULL;
13547 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13548 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13550 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13552 last_insn = loc_note;
13553 last_label = newloc->label;
13554 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13555 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)
13556 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13557 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13558 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13561 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13562 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13563 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13564 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13567 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
13569 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13571 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
13572 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
13575 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13576 and record information relating to this source line, in
13577 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13580 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13582 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13585 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13587 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13588 if (flag_debug_asm)
13589 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13592 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13594 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13596 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13598 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13599 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13601 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13602 line_info_table_in_use++;
13604 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
13606 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13607 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13608 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13610 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13611 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13612 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13614 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13615 separate_line_info_table
13616 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13617 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13618 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13619 memset (separate_line_info_table
13620 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13622 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13623 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13626 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13628 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13629 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13630 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13631 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13635 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13637 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13638 line_info_table_in_use);
13640 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13641 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13643 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13645 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13646 (line_info_table_allocated
13647 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13648 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13649 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13652 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13653 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13654 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13655 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13660 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13663 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13665 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13667 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13668 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13670 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13671 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13674 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13678 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13680 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13683 fileno = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13684 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno, "Filename we just started");
13688 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13691 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13693 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13694 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13695 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13697 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13699 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13704 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13705 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13706 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13709 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13710 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13712 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13714 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13716 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13717 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13721 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13722 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13723 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13726 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13727 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13729 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13731 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13732 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13733 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13734 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13738 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13741 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13743 init_file_table ();
13745 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13746 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13747 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13749 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13750 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13751 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13753 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13754 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13756 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13757 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13758 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13759 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13760 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13761 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13763 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13764 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13765 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13766 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13768 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13769 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13771 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13772 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13773 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13774 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13775 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13776 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13777 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13779 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13781 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13783 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
13784 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13785 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
13786 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13787 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
13788 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13789 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
13790 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13791 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
13792 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13793 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
13794 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13795 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
13796 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13797 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
13798 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
13799 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
13800 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13802 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13804 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13805 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13807 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13808 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13811 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13812 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13813 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13814 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13815 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13816 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
13817 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13818 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
13819 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13820 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
13821 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13823 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13825 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13826 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13827 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13828 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13831 switch_to_section (text_section);
13832 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13833 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13835 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
13836 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13840 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13841 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13844 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13846 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13848 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13850 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
13851 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13852 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13860 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13861 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13864 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13868 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13869 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13873 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13874 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13877 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13881 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13883 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13885 /* A reference to another DIE.
13886 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13887 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13889 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_call_file)
13891 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13892 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13893 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13899 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13900 to DIE's children. */
13903 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13907 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13909 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13912 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13913 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13914 if (die->die_parent)
13915 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13917 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13918 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13920 /* If this node is a specification,
13921 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13922 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13923 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13926 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13928 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13929 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13933 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13935 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13936 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13937 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13938 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13940 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13946 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13949 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13953 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13957 switch (die->die_tag) {
13958 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13959 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13960 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13961 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13962 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13963 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13964 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13965 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13966 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13967 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13968 case DW_TAG_friend:
13969 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13970 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13971 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13972 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13973 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13974 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13975 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13976 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13977 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13981 /* Mark everything else. */
13987 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13988 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13990 /* Mark children. */
13991 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13992 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13996 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13999 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14001 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
14003 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14006 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
14011 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14019 die->die_child = n;
14026 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14029 prune_unused_types (void)
14032 limbo_die_node *node;
14034 /* Clear all the marks. */
14035 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14036 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14037 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14039 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14040 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14041 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14042 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14044 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14045 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14046 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
14047 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
14048 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14049 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14051 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
14052 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14053 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14054 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14056 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14057 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14058 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14059 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14062 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14063 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14066 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14068 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14069 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14071 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14072 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14073 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14074 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14075 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14076 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14079 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
14080 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14081 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14082 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
14084 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14089 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14090 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14091 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14092 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14094 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14096 next_node = node->next;
14099 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14101 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14104 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14105 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14107 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14108 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14109 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14112 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14113 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14114 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14115 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14116 this to be a child of the containing function.
14118 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14119 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14120 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14121 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14122 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14124 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14126 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14127 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14128 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14129 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14131 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
14133 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14135 add_child_die (origin, die);
14137 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14142 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14144 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14145 emit full debugging info for them. */
14146 retry_incomplete_types ();
14148 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14149 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14150 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
14152 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14153 prune_unused_types ();
14155 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14156 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14157 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14158 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14160 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14161 that have children. */
14162 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14163 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14164 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14166 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14167 switch_to_section (text_section);
14168 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14169 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14171 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14172 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14175 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14176 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14177 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14178 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14179 examining the file. */
14180 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14182 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14183 output_line_info ();
14186 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14188 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14190 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14191 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14194 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14195 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14196 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14197 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14199 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14200 if (have_location_lists)
14202 /* Output the location lists info. */
14203 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14204 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14205 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14206 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14207 output_location_lists (die);
14210 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14211 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14212 debug_line_section_label);
14214 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14215 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14217 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14218 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14219 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14220 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14222 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14224 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14225 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14226 output_abbrev_section ();
14228 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14229 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14231 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14232 output_pubnames ();
14235 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14236 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14237 if (fde_table_in_use)
14239 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14243 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14244 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14246 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14247 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14251 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14252 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14254 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14255 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14258 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14260 if (debug_str_hash)
14261 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14265 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14266 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14268 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14270 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"